ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.114
Committed: Tue Jun 25 06:36:59 2019 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.113: +33 -29 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.110 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.11 (Pod::Simple 3.35)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.110 .\" If the F register is >0, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59 root 1.110 .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{\
60     . if \nF \{\
61 root 1.100 . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.110 . if !\nF==2 \{\
65 root 1.100 . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.114 .TH LIBEV 3 "2019-06-25" "libev-4.25" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.111 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific aio and \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR
246     interfaces, the BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port
247     mechanisms for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR
248     interface (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249 root 1.80 inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.110 Example: The following is the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR function that libev itself uses
398     which should work with \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions of all kinds and
399     is probably a good basis for your own implementation.
400     .Sp
401     .Vb 5
402     \& static void *
403     \& ev_realloc_emul (void *ptr, long size) EV_NOEXCEPT
404     \& {
405     \& if (size)
406     \& return realloc (ptr, size);
407     \&
408     \& free (ptr);
409     \& return 0;
410     \& }
411     .Ve
412     .Sp
413 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
414 root 1.110 retries.
415 root 1.9 .Sp
416 root 1.110 .Vb 8
417 root 1.9 \& static void *
418 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
419 root 1.9 \& {
420 root 1.110 \& if (!size)
421     \& {
422     \& free (ptr);
423     \& return 0;
424     \& }
425     \&
426 root 1.9 \& for (;;)
427     \& {
428     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
429 root 1.60 \&
430 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
431     \& return newptr;
432 root 1.60 \&
433 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
434     \& }
435     \& }
436 root 1.60 \&
437 root 1.9 \& ...
438     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
439     .Ve
440 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
441     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
442 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
443 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
444     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
445 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
446 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
447     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
448     (such as abort).
449 root 1.9 .Sp
450 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
451 root 1.9 .Sp
452     .Vb 6
453     \& static void
454     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
455     \& {
456     \& perror (msg);
457     \& abort ();
458     \& }
459 root 1.60 \&
460 root 1.9 \& ...
461     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
462     .Ve
463 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
464     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
465     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
466     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
467     handlers or random threads.
468     .Sp
469     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
470     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
471     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
472     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
473     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
474     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
475 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
476     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
477     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
478     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
479     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
480 root 1.73 .PP
481     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
482 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
483     do not.
484 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
485     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
486 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
487     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
488     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
489     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
490     .Sp
491     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
492     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
493     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
494     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
495     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
496 root 1.1 .Sp
497     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
498 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
499 root 1.1 .Sp
500 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
501 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
502     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
503     threads anyway).
504     .Sp
505     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
506     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
507     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
508     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
509     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
510     .Sp
511     Example: This is the most typical usage.
512     .Sp
513     .Vb 2
514     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
515     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
516     .Ve
517     .Sp
518     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
519     environment settings to be taken into account:
520     .Sp
521     .Vb 1
522     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
523     .Ve
524     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
525     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
526     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
527     could not be initialised, returns false.
528 root 1.63 .Sp
529 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
530     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
531     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
532 root 1.60 .Sp
533 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
534 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
535 root 1.1 .Sp
536 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
537 root 1.1 .RS 4
538     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
539     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
540     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
541     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
542     thing, believe me).
543     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
544     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
545     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
546 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
547 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
548     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
549     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
550 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
551     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
552     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
553     thread modifies them).
554 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
555     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
556     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
557 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
558     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
559 root 1.35 .Sp
560     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
561     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
562 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
563 root 1.108 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn
564     sequence without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux
565     system also has \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster). (Update: glibc
566     versions 2.25 apparently removed the \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR optimisation again).
567 root 1.35 .Sp
568     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
569 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
570     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
571 root 1.35 .Sp
572 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
573 root 1.35 environment variable.
574 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
575     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
576     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
577     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
578 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
579 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
580     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
581 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
582     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
583     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
584     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
585 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
586 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
587     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
588     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
589     threads that are not interested in handling them.
590     .Sp
591     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
592     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
593     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
594 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
595     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
596     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
597     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
598 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
599 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
600     .Sp
601     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
602     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
603     unblocking the signals.
604     .Sp
605 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
606     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
607     .Sp
608 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
609 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
610     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
611 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
612 root 1.110 This is your standard \fBselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
613 root 1.3 libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
614     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
615 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
616 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
617 root 1.58 .Sp
618     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
619 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
620 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
621     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
622     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
623 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
624 root 1.71 .Sp
625     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
626     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
627     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
628 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
629     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
630 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
631 root 1.110 And this is your standard \fBpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
632 root 1.58 than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
633     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
634     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
635     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
636     performance tips.
637 root 1.71 .Sp
638     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
639     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
640 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
641     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
642 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
643 root 1.114 Use the Linux-specific \fBepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
644 root 1.81 kernels).
645     .Sp
646 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
647     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
648     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
649     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
650 root 1.73 .Sp
651     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
652     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
653     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
654 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
655     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
656     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
657     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
658     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
659     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
660     and is of course hard to detect.
661 root 1.73 .Sp
662 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
663     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
664     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
665     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
666     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
667     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
668     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
669     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
670     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
671     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
672 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
673     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
674 root 1.3 .Sp
675 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
676     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
677     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
678 root 1.84 .Sp
679 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
680 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
681     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
682     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
683     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
684     file descriptors.
685 root 1.58 .Sp
686     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
687 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
688     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
689     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
690 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
691     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
692     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
693 root 1.58 .Sp
694 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
695     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
696     the usage. So sad.
697     .Sp
698 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
699 root 1.111 a lot of kernel revisions, but probably(!) works in current versions.
700     .Sp
701     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
702     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
703     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO"" (value 64, Linux)" 4
704     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_LINUXAIO\fR (value 64, Linux)" 4
705     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO (value 64, Linux)"
706 root 1.114 Use the Linux-specific Linux \s-1AIO\s0 (\fInot\fR \f(CWaio(7)\fR but \f(CWio_submit(2)\fR) event interface available in post\-4.18 kernels (but libev
707     only tries to use it in 4.19+).
708     .Sp
709     This is another Linux train wreck of an event interface.
710 root 1.111 .Sp
711     If this backend works for you (as of this writing, it was very
712 root 1.114 experimental), it is the best event interface available on Linux and might
713 root 1.112 be well worth enabling it \- if it isn't available in your kernel this will
714     be detected and this backend will be skipped.
715     .Sp
716     This backend can batch oneshot requests and supports a user-space ring
717     buffer to receive events. It also doesn't suffer from most of the design
718 root 1.114 problems of epoll (such as not being able to remove event sources from
719     the epoll set), and generally sounds too good to be true. Because, this
720     being the Linux kernel, of course it suffers from a whole new set of
721     limitations, forcing you to fall back to epoll, inheriting all its design
722     issues.
723 root 1.111 .Sp
724     For one, it is not easily embeddable (but probably could be done using
725 root 1.112 an event fd at some extra overhead). It also is subject to a system wide
726 root 1.114 limit that can be configured in \fI/proc/sys/fs/aio\-max\-nr\fR. If no \s-1AIO\s0
727     requests are left, this backend will be skipped during initialisation, and
728     will switch to epoll when the loop is active.
729     .Sp
730     Most problematic in practice, however, is that not all file descriptors
731     work with it. For example, in Linux 5.1, \s-1TCP\s0 sockets, pipes, event fds,
732     files, \fI/dev/null\fR and many others are supported, but ttys do not work
733 root 1.113 properly (a known bug that the kernel developers don't care about, see
734     <https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/1047453/>), so this is not
735     (yet?) a generic event polling interface.
736 root 1.112 .Sp
737 root 1.114 Overall, it seems the Linux developers just don't want it to have a
738 root 1.113 generic event handling mechanism other than \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR.
739     .Sp
740 root 1.114 To work around all these problem, the current version of libev uses its
741     epoll backend as a fallback for file descriptor types that do not work. Or
742     falls back completely to epoll if the kernel acts up.
743 root 1.71 .Sp
744     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
745     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
746 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
747     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
748 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
749 root 1.114 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time this backend was
750     implemented, it was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't
751     work reliably with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin,
752     where of course it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose
753     brokenness is by design, these kqueue bugs can be (and mostly have been)
754     fixed without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not
755     being \*(L"auto-detected\*(R" on all platforms unless you explicitly specify it
756     in the flags (i.e. using \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a
757     known-to-be-good (\-enough) system like NetBSD.
758 root 1.3 .Sp
759 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
760     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
761     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
762     .Sp
763 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
764 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
765     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
766 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
767 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
768 root 1.114 might have to leak fds on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
769 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
770 root 1.58 .Sp
771     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
772     .Sp
773     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
774     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
775     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
776     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
777 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
778 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
779 root 1.71 .Sp
780     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
781     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
782     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
783 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
784     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
785     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
786 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
787     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
788     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
789     immensely.
790 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
791     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
792 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
793 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
794 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
795 root 1.7 .Sp
796 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
797     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
798     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
799     might perform better.
800 root 1.60 .Sp
801 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
802     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
803     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
804     hacks).
805     .Sp
806     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
807     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
808 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
809 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
810 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
811     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
812     to re-arm the watcher.
813 root 1.85 .Sp
814     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
815 root 1.71 .Sp
816     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
817     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
818 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
819     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
820     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
821 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
822     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
823 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
824 root 1.58 .Sp
825 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
826     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
827     at all.
828     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
829     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
830     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
831     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
832     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
833     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
834 root 1.1 .RE
835     .RS 4
836 root 1.3 .Sp
837 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
838     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
839     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
840     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
841 root 1.8 .Sp
842 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
843 root 1.8 .Sp
844 root 1.82 .Vb 3
845     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
846     \& if (!epoller)
847     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
848 root 1.8 .Ve
849     .Sp
850 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
851 root 1.82 used if available.
852 root 1.8 .Sp
853     .Vb 1
854 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
855 root 1.8 .Ve
856 root 1.111 .Sp
857     Example: Similarly, on linux, you mgiht want to take advantage of the
858     linux aio backend if possible, but fall back to something else if that
859     isn't available.
860     .Sp
861     .Vb 1
862     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO);
863     .Ve
864 root 1.1 .RE
865 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
866     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
867     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
868 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
869     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
870 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
871 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
872 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
873 root 1.12 for example).
874 root 1.52 .Sp
875 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
876     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
877     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
878 root 1.52 .Sp
879 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
880     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
881     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
882     .Sp
883     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
884 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
885 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
886     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
887     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
888     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
889 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
890     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
891     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
892     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
893     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
894     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
895 root 1.82 .Sp
896 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
897     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
898     .Sp
899 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
900 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
901     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
902     during fork.
903 root 1.60 .Sp
904     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
905 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
906     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
907     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
908     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
909     costly reset of the backend).
910 root 1.1 .Sp
911     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
912 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
913     .Sp
914     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
915     using pthreads.
916 root 1.1 .Sp
917 root 1.82 .Vb 5
918     \& static void
919     \& post_fork_child (void)
920     \& {
921     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
922     \& }
923     \&
924     \& ...
925     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
926 root 1.1 .Ve
927 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
928     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
929 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
930     otherwise.
931 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
932     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
933     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
934     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
935     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
936 root 1.37 .Sp
937     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
938     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
939 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
940     prepare and check phases.
941     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
942     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
943     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
944 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
945 root 1.79 .Sp
946 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
947     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
948 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
949     .Sp
950 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
951     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
952     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
953     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
954 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
955     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
956     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
957 root 1.1 use.
958     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
959     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
960     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
961 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
962     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
963     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
964 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
965 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
966     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
967     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
968     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
969 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
970 root 1.71 .Sp
971     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
972     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
973     the current time is a good idea.
974     .Sp
975     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
976 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
977     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
978     .PD 0
979     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
980     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
981     .PD
982 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
983     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
984 root 1.78 .Sp
985     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
986     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
987     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
988     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
989     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
990     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
991     .Sp
992     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
993     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
994     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
995 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
996 root 1.78 .Sp
997     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
998     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
999     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
1000     .Sp
1001     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
1002     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
1003 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
1004     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
1005 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
1006 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
1007 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
1008 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
1009 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
1010 root 1.1 .Sp
1011 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
1012     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
1013     called.
1014 root 1.1 .Sp
1015 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
1016     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
1017     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
1018     .Sp
1019 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
1020 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
1021 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
1022     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
1023     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
1024     beauty.
1025 root 1.9 .Sp
1026 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
1027     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
1028 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
1029     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
1030     .Sp
1031 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
1032     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
1033     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
1034     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
1035     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
1036 root 1.1 .Sp
1037 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
1038 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
1039     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
1040 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
1041 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
1042     iteration of the loop.
1043     .Sp
1044     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
1045     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
1046 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
1047 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
1048     .Sp
1049 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
1050     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
1051     future versions):
1052 root 1.8 .Sp
1053 root 1.60 .Vb 10
1054 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
1055     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
1056 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
1057 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
1058     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
1059 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
1060 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
1061 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
1062 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
1063     \& as to not disturb the other process.
1064 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
1065 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
1066 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
1067 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
1068 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
1069     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
1070 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
1071 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
1072     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
1073 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1074     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1075     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1076 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1077 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1078     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1079 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1080     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1081 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1082     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1083     \& continue with step LOOP.
1084     \& FINISH:
1085     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1086     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1087     \& \- Return.
1088 root 1.2 .Ve
1089 root 1.9 .Sp
1090 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1091 root 1.9 anymore.
1092     .Sp
1093     .Vb 4
1094     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1095     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1096 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1097 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1098 root 1.9 .Ve
1099 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1100     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1101     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1102 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1103 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1104     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1105 root 1.60 .Sp
1106 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1107 root 1.72 .Sp
1108 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1109     which case it will have no effect.
1110 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1111     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1112     .PD 0
1113     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1114     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1115     .PD
1116     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1117     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1118 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1119 root 1.71 .Sp
1120 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1121 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1122 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1123     before stopping it.
1124 root 1.71 .Sp
1125 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1126 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1127 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1128     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1129     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1130     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1131     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1132     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1133     in the callback).
1134 root 1.9 .Sp
1135 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1136 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1137     .Sp
1138     .Vb 4
1139 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1140 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1141     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1142 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1143 root 1.9 .Ve
1144     .Sp
1145 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1146 root 1.9 .Sp
1147     .Vb 2
1148 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1149     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1150 root 1.9 .Ve
1151 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1152     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1153 root 1.56 .PD 0
1154 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1155     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1156 root 1.56 .PD
1157     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1158 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1159     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1160     latency.
1161 root 1.56 .Sp
1162     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1163 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1164     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1165     opportunities).
1166     .Sp
1167     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1168     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1169     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1170 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1171     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1172     .Sp
1173     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1174     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1175     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1176 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1177 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1178     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1179 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1180     good enough).
1181 root 1.56 .Sp
1182     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1183     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1184 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1185     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1186     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1187 root 1.56 .Sp
1188 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1189 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1190     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1191     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1192 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1193     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1194     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1195     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1196 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1197 root 1.71 .Sp
1198     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1199     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1200     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1201     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1202     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1203     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1204 root 1.79 .Sp
1205     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1206     more often than 100 times per second:
1207     .Sp
1208     .Vb 2
1209     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1210     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1211     .Ve
1212     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1213     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1214     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1215 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1216     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1217     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1218     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1219     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1220     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1221 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1222     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1223     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1224     are pending.
1225     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1226     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1227     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1228 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1229 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1230     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1231     .Sp
1232     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1233     callback.
1234 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1235     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1236 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1237     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1238     each call to a libev function.
1239     .Sp
1240 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1241     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1242 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1243 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1244 root 1.79 .Sp
1245     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1246     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1247     afterwards.
1248     .Sp
1249     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1250     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1251     .Sp
1252     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1253     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1254     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1255     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1256 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1257 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1258     .Sp
1259 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1260 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1261     .Sp
1262     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1263     document.
1264     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1265     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1266     .PD 0
1267 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1268     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1269 root 1.79 .PD
1270     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1271     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1272 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1273 root 1.79 .Sp
1274     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1275     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1276     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1277     any other purpose as well.
1278 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1279     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1280 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1281 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1282 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1283     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1284     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1285 root 1.67 .Sp
1286     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1287     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1288     data structures consistent.
1289 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1290     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1291 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1292     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1293     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1294     .PP
1295 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1296     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1297     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1298     for that:
1299 root 1.1 .PP
1300     .Vb 5
1301 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1302 root 1.68 \& {
1303     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1304 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1305 root 1.68 \& }
1306     \&
1307     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1308 root 1.73 \&
1309     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1310     \&
1311 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1312     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1313     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1314 root 1.73 \&
1315 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1316 root 1.1 .Ve
1317     .PP
1318     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1319 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1320     stack).
1321     .PP
1322     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1323     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1324 root 1.1 .PP
1325 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1326     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1327     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1328     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1329     and/or writable).
1330 root 1.1 .PP
1331 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1332     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1333     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1334 root 1.1 .PP
1335     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1336 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1337 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1338 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1339 root 1.1 .PP
1340     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1341     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1342 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1343 root 1.1 .PP
1344     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1345     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1346     third argument.
1347     .PP
1348     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1349     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1350     are:
1351     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1352     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1353     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1354     .PD 0
1355     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1356     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1357     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1358     .PD
1359     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1360     writable.
1361 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1362     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1363     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1364 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1365     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1366     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1367     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1368     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1369     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1370     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1371     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1372     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1373     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1374     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1375     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1376     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1377 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1378     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1379     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1380     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1381 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1382     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1383     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1384     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1385     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1386     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1387     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1388     .PD 0
1389     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1390     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1391     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1392     .PD
1393 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1394     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1395     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1396     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1397     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1398     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1399     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1400     .Sp
1401     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1402     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1403     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1404     blocking).
1405 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1406     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1407     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1408     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1409     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1410     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1411     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1412     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1413     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1414 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1415     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1416     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1417     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1418 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1419     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1420     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1421     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1422 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1423     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1424     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1425     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1426     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1427 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1428     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1429     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1430 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1431 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1432     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1433 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1434     .Sp
1435     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1436     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1437     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1438     bug in your program.
1439 root 1.1 .Sp
1440 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1441     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1442     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1443 root 1.110 the error from \fBread()\fR or \fBwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1444 root 1.71 programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1445     thing, so beware.
1446 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1447 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1448 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1449     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1450     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1451     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1452     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1453     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1454     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1455     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1456     which rolls both calls into one.
1457     .Sp
1458     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1459     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1460     .Sp
1461 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1462 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1463 root 1.71 .Sp
1464     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1465     .Sp
1466     .Vb 3
1467     \& ev_io w;
1468     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1469     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1470     .Ve
1471 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1472     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1473     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1474 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1475     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1476     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1477     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1478     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1479     .Sp
1480     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1481     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1482 root 1.71 .Sp
1483     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1484 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1485     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1486     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1487 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1488     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1489 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1490 root 1.71 .Sp
1491     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1492     .Sp
1493     .Vb 1
1494     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1495     .Ve
1496 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1497     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1498     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1499 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1500     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1501 root 1.71 .Sp
1502     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1503     whole section.
1504     .Sp
1505     .Vb 1
1506     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1507     .Ve
1508 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1509     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1510     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1511 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1512     the watcher was active or not).
1513     .Sp
1514     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1515     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1516     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1517     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1518     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1519 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1520     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1521     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1522     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1523     it.
1524     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1525     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1526     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1527     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1528     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1529 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1530     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1531     it).
1532 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1533     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1534 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1535 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1536     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1537 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1538     (modulo threads).
1539 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1540     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1541 root 1.37 .PD 0
1542     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1543     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1544     .PD
1545     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1546     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1547     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1548     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1549     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1550     .Sp
1551     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1552     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1553     .Sp
1554 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1555     pending.
1556     .Sp
1557 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1558     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1559     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1560     .Sp
1561 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1562     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1563     .Sp
1564 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1565 root 1.78 priorities.
1566 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1567     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1568     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1569     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1570 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1571     callback.
1572 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1573     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1574 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1575     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1576 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1577 root 1.71 .Sp
1578     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1579     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1580 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1581     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1582     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1583     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1584     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1585     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1586     .Sp
1587     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1588     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1589     not started in the first place.
1590     .Sp
1591     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1592     functions that do not need a watcher.
1593 root 1.1 .PP
1594 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1595     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1596     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1597 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1598     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1599     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1600     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1601     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1602 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1603     .IX Item "initialised"
1604 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1605 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1606     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1607     .Sp
1608 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1609     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1610     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1611     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1612 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1613     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1614     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1615     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1616     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1617     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1618     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1619     .IP "pending" 4
1620     .IX Item "pending"
1621     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1622     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1623     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1624     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1625     callback.
1626     .Sp
1627     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1628     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1629     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1630     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1631     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1632     previous item still apply.
1633     .Sp
1634     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1635     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1636     active.
1637     .IP "stopped" 4
1638     .IX Item "stopped"
1639     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1640     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1641     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1642     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1643     freeing it is often a good idea.
1644     .Sp
1645     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1646 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1647     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1648     it again).
1649 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1650 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1651     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1652     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1653     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1654     .PP
1655     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1656     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1657     range.
1658     .PP
1659     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1660     by event loops:
1661     .PP
1662     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1663     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1664     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1665     .PP
1666     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1667     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1668     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1669     before polling for new events.
1670     .PP
1671     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1672     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1673     .PP
1674     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1675     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1676     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1677     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1678     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1679     priority ones.
1680     .PP
1681     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1682     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1683     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1684     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1685     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1686     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1687     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1688     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1689     always, what you want).
1690     .PP
1691     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1692     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1693     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1694     required.
1695     .PP
1696     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1697     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1698     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1699     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1700 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1701 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1702     workable.
1703     .PP
1704     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1705     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1706     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1707     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1708     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1709     .PP
1710     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1711     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1712     other events are pending:
1713     .PP
1714     .Vb 2
1715     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1716     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1717     \&
1718     \& static void
1719     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1720     \& {
1721     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1722     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1723     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1724     \&
1725 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1726 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1727     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1728     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1729     \& }
1730     \&
1731     \& static void
1732 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1733 root 1.78 \& {
1734     \& // actual processing
1735     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1736     \&
1737     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1738     \& // we have handled the event
1739     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1740     \& }
1741     \&
1742     \& // initialisation
1743     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1744     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1745     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1746     .Ve
1747     .PP
1748     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1749     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1750     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1751     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1752     important ones.
1753 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1754     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1755     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1756 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1757     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1758     .PP
1759     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1760     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1761     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1762     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1763     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1764     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1765     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1766     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1767 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1768     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1769 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1770 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1771 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1772     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1773     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1774     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1775     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1776     receive future events.
1777 root 1.1 .PP
1778     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1779     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1780     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1781     required if you know what you are doing).
1782     .PP
1783 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1784 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1785 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1786 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1787     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1788     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1789     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1790 root 1.17 .PP
1791 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1792     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1793     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1794 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1795     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1796 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1797     indefinitely.
1798     .PP
1799     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1800 root 1.49 .PP
1801     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1802     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1803     .PP
1804 root 1.111 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll, linuxaio) need to be told about closing
1805     a file descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other
1806     means, such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some
1807     file descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently
1808     drop this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then
1809     is registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is,
1810     in fact, a different file descriptor.
1811 root 1.49 .PP
1812     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1813     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1814     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1815     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1816     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1817     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1818     .PP
1819     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1820     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1821     optimisations to libev.
1822 root 1.50 .PP
1823 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1824     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1825 root 1.54 .PP
1826     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1827 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1828     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1829     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1830 root 1.54 .PP
1831 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1832     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1833 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1834     .PP
1835 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1836     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1837     .PP
1838     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1839     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1840     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1841     .PP
1842     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1843     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1844     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1845     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1846     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1847     .PP
1848     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1849     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1850     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1851     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1852     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1853     .PP
1854     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1855     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1856     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1857 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1858 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1859     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1860     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1861     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1862     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1863     .PP
1864     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1865 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1866 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1867     reuse the same code path.
1868     .PP
1869 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1870     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1871     .PP
1872 root 1.111 Some backends (epoll, kqueue, probably linuxaio) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR
1873     at all or exhibit useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs
1874     to be told about it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the
1875     child.
1876 root 1.54 .PP
1877 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1878     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1879     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1880 root 1.54 .PP
1881 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1882     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1883     .PP
1884 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1885     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1886 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1887 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1888 root 1.63 .PP
1889     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1890 root 1.110 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1891 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1892     .PP
1893 root 1.110 \fIThe special problem of \f(BIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1894 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1895     .PP
1896 root 1.110 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1897 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1898     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1899     .PP
1900     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1901     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1902     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1903     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1904     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1905     .PP
1906     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1907     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1908     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1909     cope with overload is known (to me).
1910     .PP
1911     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1912     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1913     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1914     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1915     .PP
1916     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1917     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1918     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1919     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1920     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1921     usage.
1922     .PP
1923     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1924     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1925     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1926     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1927     clients under typical overload conditions.
1928     .PP
1929     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1930     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1931     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1932     .PP
1933 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1934     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1935 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1936     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1937     .PD 0
1938     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1939     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1940     .PD
1941 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1942 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1943     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1944 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1945     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1946     The file descriptor being watched.
1947     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1948     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1949     The events being watched.
1950 root 1.9 .PP
1951 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1952     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1953     .PP
1954 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1955 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1956 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1957 root 1.9 .PP
1958     .Vb 6
1959 root 1.68 \& static void
1960 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1961 root 1.68 \& {
1962     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1963 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1964 root 1.68 \& }
1965     \&
1966     \& ...
1967     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1968 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1969 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1970     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1971 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1972 root 1.9 .Ve
1973 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1974     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1975 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1976 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1977     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1978     .PP
1979     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1980 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1981 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1982 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1983 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1984     .PP
1985 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1986 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1987 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1988     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1989     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1990     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1991     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1992 root 1.71 .PP
1993 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1994     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1995     .PP
1996     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1997     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1998     you want to raise some error after a while.
1999     .PP
2000     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
2001     inefficient to smart and efficient.
2002     .PP
2003     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
2004     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
2005     data or other life sign was received).
2006     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
2007     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
2008     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
2009     start the watcher:
2010     .Sp
2011     .Vb 2
2012     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
2013     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2014     .Ve
2015     .Sp
2016     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
2017     and start it again:
2018     .Sp
2019     .Vb 3
2020     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
2021     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
2022     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2023     .Ve
2024     .Sp
2025     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
2026     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
2027     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
2028     still not a constant-time operation.
2029     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
2030     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
2031     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
2032     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
2033     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2034     .Sp
2035     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
2036     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
2037     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
2038     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
2039     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
2040     .Sp
2041     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
2042     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2043     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
2044     .Sp
2045     At start:
2046     .Sp
2047     .Vb 3
2048 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2049 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
2050     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2051     .Ve
2052     .Sp
2053     Each time there is some activity:
2054     .Sp
2055     .Vb 1
2056     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2057     .Ve
2058     .Sp
2059     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
2060     whether the watcher is active or not:
2061     .Sp
2062     .Vb 2
2063     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
2064     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2065     .Ve
2066     .Sp
2067     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
2068     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
2069     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
2070     .Sp
2071     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
2072     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
2073     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
2074     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2075     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2076     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2077     associated activity resets.
2078     .Sp
2079     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2080     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2081     within the callback:
2082     .Sp
2083 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2084     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2085 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2086 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2087 root 1.73 \&
2088     \& static void
2089     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2090     \& {
2091 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2092     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2093 root 1.73 \&
2094 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2095 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2096 root 1.73 \& {
2097 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2098 root 1.73 \& }
2099     \& else
2100     \& {
2101 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2102     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2103     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2104     \& // the timeout can occur.
2105     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2106     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2107 root 1.73 \& }
2108     \& }
2109     .Ve
2110     .Sp
2111 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2112     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2113     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2114     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2115     .Sp
2116     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2117     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2118     .Sp
2119     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2120     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2121     .Sp
2122     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2123 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2124 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2125 root 1.73 .Sp
2126     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2127     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2128     libev to change the timeout.
2129     .Sp
2130 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2131     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2132     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2133     the timer:
2134 root 1.73 .Sp
2135     .Vb 3
2136 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2137     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2138     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2139 root 1.73 .Ve
2140     .Sp
2141 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2142 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2143     .Sp
2144 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2145     \& if (activity detected)
2146     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2147     .Ve
2148     .Sp
2149     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2150     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2151 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2152 root 1.88 .Sp
2153     .Vb 3
2154     \& timeout = new_value;
2155     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2156     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2157 root 1.73 .Ve
2158     .Sp
2159     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2160     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2161     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2162     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2163     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2164     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2165     do even better:
2166     .Sp
2167     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2168     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2169     .Sp
2170     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2171     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2172     .Sp
2173     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2174     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2175     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2176     .Sp
2177     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2178     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2179     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2180     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2181     .PP
2182     So which method the best?
2183     .PP
2184     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2185     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2186     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2187     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2188     .PP
2189     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2190     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2191     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2192     overkill :)
2193     .PP
2194 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2195     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2196     .PP
2197     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2198     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2199     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2200     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2201     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2202     .PP
2203     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2204     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2205     .PP
2206     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2207     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2208     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2209     expect.
2210     .PP
2211     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2212     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2213     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2214     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2215     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2216     .PP
2217     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2218     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2219     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2220     intentions.
2221     .PP
2222     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2223     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2224     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2225     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2226     .PP
2227     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2228     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2229     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2230     late\*(R" side of things.
2231     .PP
2232 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2233     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2234     .PP
2235 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2236     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2237 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2238 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2239     lots of events in one iteration.
2240     .PP
2241 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2242     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2243 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2244 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2245 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2246     for it:
2247 root 1.1 .PP
2248     .Vb 1
2249 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2250 root 1.1 .Ve
2251 root 1.2 .PP
2252 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2253     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2254 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2255     further into the future.
2256 root 1.50 .PP
2257 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2258     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2259     .PP
2260     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2261     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2262     jumps).
2263     .PP
2264     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2265     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2266     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2267     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2268     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2269     .PP
2270     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2271     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2272     a second or so.
2273     .PP
2274     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2275     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2276     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2277     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2278     .PP
2279     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2280     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2281     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2282     .PP
2283     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2284     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2285     exactly the right behaviour.
2286     .PP
2287     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2288     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2289     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2290     .PP
2291 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2292     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2293     .PP
2294     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2295     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2296     .PP
2297     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2298     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2299     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2300     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2301     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2302     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2303     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2304     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2305     be adjusted accordingly.
2306     .PP
2307     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2308     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2309     .PP
2310     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2311     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2312     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2313     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2314     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2315     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2316     .PP
2317     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2318     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2319     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2320     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2321     .PP
2322 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2323     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2324 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2325     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2326     .PD 0
2327     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2328     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2329     .PD
2330 root 1.109 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds (fractional and
2331     negative values are supported). If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will
2332     automatically be stopped once the timeout is reached. If it is positive,
2333     then the timer will automatically be configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2334     seconds later, again, and again, until stopped manually.
2335 root 1.67 .Sp
2336     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2337     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2338     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2339     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2340     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2341 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2342     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2343 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2344     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2345     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2346 root 1.1 .Sp
2347 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2348     applied to the watcher:
2349     .RS 4
2350     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2351     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2352     .PD 0
2353     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2354     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2355     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2356     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2357     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2358     .RE
2359     .RS 4
2360     .PD
2361 root 1.1 .Sp
2362 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2363     usage example.
2364 root 1.88 .RE
2365 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2366     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2367 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2368     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2369     the timeout value currently configured.
2370     .Sp
2371     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2372 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2373 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2374     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2375     too), and so on.
2376 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2377     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2378     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2379 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2380 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2381 root 1.9 .PP
2382 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2383     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2384     .PP
2385 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2386 root 1.9 .PP
2387     .Vb 5
2388 root 1.68 \& static void
2389 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2390 root 1.68 \& {
2391     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2392     \& }
2393     \&
2394 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2395 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2396     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2397 root 1.9 .Ve
2398     .PP
2399 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2400 root 1.9 inactivity.
2401     .PP
2402     .Vb 5
2403 root 1.68 \& static void
2404 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2405 root 1.68 \& {
2406     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2407     \& }
2408     \&
2409 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2410 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2411     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2412 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2413 root 1.68 \&
2414     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2415     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2416     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2417 root 1.9 .Ve
2418 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2419     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2420 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2421 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2422     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2423     .PP
2424 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2425     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2426 root 1.105 (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calendar or clock). The
2427 root 1.78 difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2428     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2429     wrist-watch).
2430     .PP
2431     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2432     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2433     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2434     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2435     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2436     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2437     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2438     .PP
2439     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2440     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2441 root 1.109 other complicated rules. This cannot easily be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR
2442     watchers, as those cannot react to time jumps.
2443 root 1.2 .PP
2444 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2445 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2446     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2447     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2448 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2449 root 1.50 .PP
2450     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2451     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2452 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2453     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2454 root 1.1 .PD 0
2455 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2456     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2457 root 1.1 .PD
2458 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2459 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2460 root 1.1 .RS 4
2461 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2462 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2463 root 1.60 .Sp
2464 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2465 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2466     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2467     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2468     this point in time.
2469 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2470 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2471 root 1.60 .Sp
2472 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2473 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2474     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2475     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2476 root 1.1 .Sp
2477 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2478 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2479     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2480 root 1.1 .Sp
2481     .Vb 1
2482     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2483     .Ve
2484     .Sp
2485     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2486 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2487 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2488     by 3600.
2489     .Sp
2490     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2491     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2492 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2493 root 1.46 .Sp
2494 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2495     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2496     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2497     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2498     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2499     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2500 root 1.67 .Sp
2501 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2502 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2503 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2504 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2505 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2506 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2507 root 1.60 .Sp
2508 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2509 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2510     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2511     current time as second argument.
2512     .Sp
2513 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2514 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2515     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2516 root 1.67 .Sp
2517     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2518     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2519     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2520 root 1.1 .Sp
2521 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2522 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2523 root 1.1 .Sp
2524 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2525     \& static ev_tstamp
2526     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2527 root 1.1 \& {
2528     \& return now + 60.;
2529     \& }
2530     .Ve
2531     .Sp
2532     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2533     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2534     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2535     might be called at other times, too.
2536     .Sp
2537 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2538 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2539 root 1.1 .Sp
2540     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2541 root 1.109 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate
2542     the next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for
2543     this. Here is a (completely untested, no error checking) example on how to
2544     do this:
2545     .Sp
2546     .Vb 1
2547     \& #include <time.h>
2548     \&
2549     \& static ev_tstamp
2550     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2551     \& {
2552     \& time_t tnow = (time_t)now;
2553     \& struct tm tm;
2554     \& localtime_r (&tnow, &tm);
2555     \&
2556     \& tm.tm_sec = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_hour = 0; // midnight current day
2557     \& ++tm.tm_mday; // midnight next day
2558     \&
2559     \& return mktime (&tm);
2560     \& }
2561     .Ve
2562     .Sp
2563     Note: this code might run into trouble on days that have more then two
2564     midnights (beginning and end).
2565 root 1.1 .RE
2566     .RS 4
2567     .RE
2568     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2569     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2570     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2571     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2572     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2573     program when the crontabs have changed).
2574 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2575     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2576 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2577     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2578     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2579     rescheduling modes.
2580 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2581     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2582     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2583 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2584     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2585 root 1.46 .Sp
2586     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2587     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2588 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2589     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2590     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2591     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2592     called.
2593 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2594     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2595 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2596     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2597     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2598 root 1.9 .PP
2599 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2600     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2601     .PP
2602 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2603 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2604 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2605 root 1.9 .PP
2606     .Vb 5
2607 root 1.68 \& static void
2608 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2609 root 1.68 \& {
2610     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2611     \& }
2612     \&
2613 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2614 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2615     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2616 root 1.9 .Ve
2617     .PP
2618 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2619 root 1.9 .PP
2620     .Vb 1
2621 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2622 root 1.60 \&
2623 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2624 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2625 root 1.68 \& {
2626 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2627 root 1.68 \& }
2628 root 1.60 \&
2629 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2630 root 1.9 .Ve
2631     .PP
2632 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2633 root 1.9 .PP
2634     .Vb 4
2635 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2636 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2637     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2638     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2639 root 1.9 .Ve
2640 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2641     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2642 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2643 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2644     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2645 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2646 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2647     .PP
2648 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2649     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2650     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2651     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2652     .PP
2653     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2654     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2655     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2656     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2657     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2658 root 1.71 .PP
2659 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2660     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2661     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2662 root 1.80 .PP
2663 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2664 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2665     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2666     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2667     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2668 root 1.61 .PP
2669 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2670     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2671     .PP
2672     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2673     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2674     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2675 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2676     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2677 root 1.81 .PP
2678     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2679     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2680     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2681     certain signals to be blocked.
2682     .PP
2683     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2684     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2685     choice usually).
2686     .PP
2687     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2688     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2689     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2690     .PP
2691     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2692 root 1.110 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2693 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2694     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2695     .PP
2696     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2697     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2698     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2699     .PP
2700 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2701     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2702     .PP
2703     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2704     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2705     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2706     .PP
2707     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2708     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2709     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2710     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2711     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2712     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2713     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2714     .PP
2715 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2716     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2717 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2718     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2719     .PD 0
2720     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2721     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2722     .PD
2723     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2724     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2725 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2726     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2727     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2728 root 1.61 .PP
2729     \fIExamples\fR
2730     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2731     .PP
2732 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2733 root 1.61 .PP
2734     .Vb 5
2735 root 1.68 \& static void
2736 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2737 root 1.68 \& {
2738 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2739 root 1.68 \& }
2740     \&
2741 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2742 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2743 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2744 root 1.61 .Ve
2745 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2746     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2747 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2748 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2749 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2750     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2751     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2752     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2753     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2754 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2755     in the next callback invocation is not.
2756 root 1.61 .PP
2757     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2758 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2759 root 1.61 .PP
2760 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2761     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2762     libev)
2763     .PP
2764 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2765     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2766     .PP
2767     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2768 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2769     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2770 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2771     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2772     children, even ones not watched.
2773     .PP
2774     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2775     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2776     .PP
2777     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2778     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2779     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2780     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2781     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2782     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2783     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2784 root 1.50 .PP
2785 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2786     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2787     .PP
2788     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2789     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2790     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2791 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2792     problem).
2793 root 1.71 .PP
2794 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2795     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2796 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2797     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2798 root 1.1 .PD 0
2799 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2800     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2801 root 1.1 .PD
2802     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2803     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2804     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2805     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2806     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2807 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2808     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2809     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2810 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2811     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2812     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2813     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2814     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2815     The process id that detected a status change.
2816     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2817     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2818     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2819     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2820 root 1.9 .PP
2821 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2822     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2823     .PP
2824 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2825     its completion.
2826 root 1.9 .PP
2827 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2828 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2829 root 1.61 \&
2830 root 1.68 \& static void
2831 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2832 root 1.68 \& {
2833     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2834     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2835     \& }
2836     \&
2837     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2838     \&
2839     \& if (pid < 0)
2840     \& // error
2841     \& else if (pid == 0)
2842     \& {
2843     \& // the forked child executes here
2844     \& exit (1);
2845     \& }
2846     \& else
2847     \& {
2848     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2849     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2850     \& }
2851 root 1.9 .Ve
2852 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2853     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2854 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2855 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2856 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2857 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2858     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2859     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2860 root 1.22 .PP
2861     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2862 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2863     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2864     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2865     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2866     contents.
2867 root 1.22 .PP
2868 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2869     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2870     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2871     .PP
2872     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2873     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2874     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2875     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2876     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2877     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2878     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2879     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2880 root 1.22 .PP
2881     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2882     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2883 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2884 root 1.22 .PP
2885 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2886 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2887     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2888     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2889 root 1.50 .PP
2890 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2891     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2892     .PP
2893     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2894 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2895     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2896 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2897     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2898     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2899 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2900 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2901 root 1.69 .PP
2902     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2903     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2904     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2905     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2906     default compilation environment.
2907 root 1.63 .PP
2908 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2909     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2910 root 1.59 .PP
2911 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2912     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2913     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2914     watcher is being started.
2915 root 1.59 .PP
2916 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2917 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2918 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2919 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2920 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2921     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2922     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2923     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2924 root 1.59 .PP
2925 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2926 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2927 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2928     etc. is difficult.
2929 root 1.59 .PP
2930 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2931     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2932     .PP
2933     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2934     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2935     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2936     .PP
2937     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2938     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2939 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2940 root 1.74 watcher).
2941     .PP
2942     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2943     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2944     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2945     .PP
2946     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2947     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2948     .PP
2949 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2950     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2951     .PP
2952 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2953     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2954     still only support whole seconds.
2955 root 1.59 .PP
2956 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2957     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2958     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2959 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2960     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2961 root 1.65 .PP
2962     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2963 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2964 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2965     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2966     .PP
2967     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2968     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2969     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2970     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2971     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2972     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2973     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2974     the timer callback).
2975 root 1.59 .PP
2976 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2977     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2978 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2979     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2980     .PD 0
2981     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2982     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2983     .PD
2984     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2985     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2986     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2987     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2988     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2989     .Sp
2990 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2991     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2992     last change was detected).
2993 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2994     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2995 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2996 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2997     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2998     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2999     new values.
3000 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
3001     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
3002 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
3003 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
3004 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
3005     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
3006     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
3007 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
3008     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
3009     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
3010 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
3011     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
3012     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
3013 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
3014     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
3015     The specified interval.
3016     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
3017     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
3018 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
3019 root 1.22 .PP
3020 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
3021     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3022     .PP
3023 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
3024     .PP
3025 root 1.60 .Vb 10
3026 root 1.68 \& static void
3027     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
3028     \& {
3029     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
3030     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
3031     \& {
3032     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
3033     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3034     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3035     \& }
3036     \& else
3037     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
3038     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
3039     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
3040     \& }
3041 root 1.60 \&
3042 root 1.68 \& ...
3043     \& ev_stat passwd;
3044 root 1.60 \&
3045 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3046     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3047 root 1.22 .Ve
3048 root 1.59 .PP
3049     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
3050     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
3051     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
3052     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
3053     .PP
3054     .Vb 2
3055 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
3056     \& static ev_timer timer;
3057 root 1.60 \&
3058 root 1.68 \& static void
3059     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3060     \& {
3061     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
3062     \&
3063     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
3064     \& }
3065     \&
3066     \& static void
3067     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
3068     \& {
3069     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
3070     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
3071     \& }
3072     \&
3073     \& ...
3074     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3075     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3076     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
3077 root 1.59 .Ve
3078 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3079     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3080 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
3081 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
3082 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
3083     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
3084 root 1.37 .PP
3085     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
3086     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
3087     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
3088     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
3089     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
3090     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
3091 root 1.1 .PP
3092     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
3093     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
3094     .PP
3095     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3096     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3097 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3098 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3099 root 1.50 .PP
3100 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3101     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3102     .PP
3103     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3104     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3105     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3106     lowest priority will do.
3107     .PP
3108     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3109     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3110     between different connections.
3111     .PP
3112     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3113     example.
3114     .PP
3115 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3116     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3117 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3118     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3119 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3120     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3121     believe me.
3122 root 1.9 .PP
3123 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3124     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3125     .PP
3126 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3127     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3128 root 1.9 .PP
3129 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3130 root 1.68 \& static void
3131 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3132 root 1.68 \& {
3133 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3134     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3135     \&
3136     \& // now we can free it
3137 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3138 root 1.93 \&
3139 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3140     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3141     \& }
3142     \&
3143 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3144 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3145 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3146 root 1.9 .Ve
3147 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3148     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3149 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3150 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3151 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3152     afterwards.
3153     .PP
3154 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3155     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3156     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3157     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3158     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3159     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3160     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3161 root 1.20 .PP
3162 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3163 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3164 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3165 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3166     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3167     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3168     watcher).
3169 root 1.1 .PP
3170 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3171     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3172     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3173     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3174     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3175     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3176     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3177     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3178 root 1.1 .PP
3179     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3180     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3181     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3182     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3183     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3184     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3185     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3186     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3187 root 1.45 .PP
3188 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3189     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3190     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3191     watchers).
3192 root 1.71 .PP
3193     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3194     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3195     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3196     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3197     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3198     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3199     others).
3200 root 1.50 .PP
3201 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3202     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3203     .PP
3204     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3205     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3206     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3207     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3208     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3209     connections have a chance of making progress.
3210     .PP
3211     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3212     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3213     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3214     .PP
3215     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3216     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3217     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3218     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3219     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3220     .PP
3221 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3222     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3223 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3224     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3225     .PD 0
3226     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3227     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3228     .PD
3229     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3230     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3231 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3232     pointless.
3233 root 1.9 .PP
3234 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3235     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3236     .PP
3237 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3238     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3239     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3240 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3241     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3242     Glib event loop).
3243 root 1.44 .PP
3244     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3245     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3246     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3247     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3248     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3249 root 1.20 .PP
3250     .Vb 2
3251 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3252     \& static ev_timer tw;
3253     \&
3254     \& static void
3255 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3256 root 1.68 \& {
3257     \& }
3258     \&
3259     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3260     \& static void
3261 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3262 root 1.68 \& {
3263     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3264     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3265     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3266     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3267     \&
3268     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3269 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3270 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3271 root 1.60 \&
3272 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3273     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3274     \& {
3275     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3276     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3277     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3278     \&
3279     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3280     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3281     \& }
3282     \& }
3283     \&
3284     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3285     \& static void
3286 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3287 root 1.68 \& {
3288     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3289     \&
3290     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3291     \& {
3292     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3293     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3294     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3295     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3296     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3297     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3298 root 1.60 \&
3299 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3300     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3301     \& }
3302     \&
3303     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3304     \& }
3305 root 1.20 .Ve
3306 root 1.44 .PP
3307     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3308     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3309     .PP
3310     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3311 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3312 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3313     .PP
3314     .Vb 5
3315 root 1.68 \& static void
3316     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3317     \& {
3318     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3319     \& update_now (EV_A);
3320     \&
3321     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3322     \& }
3323     \&
3324     \& static void
3325     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3326     \& {
3327     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3328     \& update_now (EV_A);
3329 root 1.60 \&
3330 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3331     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3332     \& }
3333     \&
3334     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3335 root 1.44 .Ve
3336     .PP
3337     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3338 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3339     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3340 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3341 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3342     libglib event loop.
3343 root 1.44 .PP
3344     .Vb 4
3345 root 1.68 \& static gint
3346     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3347     \& {
3348     \& int got_events = 0;
3349     \&
3350     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3351     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3352     \&
3353     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3354     \& // create/start timer
3355     \&
3356     \& // poll
3357 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3358 root 1.68 \&
3359     \& // stop timer again
3360     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3361     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3362 root 1.60 \&
3363 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3364     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3365     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3366     \&
3367     \& return got_events;
3368     \& }
3369 root 1.44 .Ve
3370 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3371     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3372 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3373 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3374 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3375     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3376 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3377 root 1.10 .PP
3378     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3379     prioritise I/O.
3380     .PP
3381     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3382     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3383     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3384 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3385     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3386     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3387     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3388     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3389     .PP
3390     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3391     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3392     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3393     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3394     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3395 root 1.10 .PP
3396 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3397     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3398     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3399     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3400     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3401     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3402     .PP
3403     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3404     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3405     .PP
3406     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3407     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3408     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3409     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3410 root 1.10 .PP
3411 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3412 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3413     portable one.
3414     .PP
3415     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3416     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3417     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3418 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3419 root 1.50 .PP
3420 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3421     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3422     .PP
3423     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3424     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3425     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3426     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3427     as applicable.
3428     .PP
3429 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3430     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3431 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3432     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3433 root 1.10 .PD 0
3434 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3435     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3436 root 1.10 .PD
3437 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3438     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3439     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3440     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3441 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3442 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3443     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3444     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3445 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3446 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3447 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3448     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3449 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3450 root 1.60 .PP
3451     \fIExamples\fR
3452     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3453     .PP
3454     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3455     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3456 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3457     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3458 root 1.60 used).
3459     .PP
3460     .Vb 3
3461 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3462     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3463 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3464 root 1.102 \&
3465 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3466     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3467     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3468     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3469     \& : 0;
3470     \&
3471     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3472     \& if (loop_lo)
3473     \& {
3474     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3475     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3476     \& }
3477     \& else
3478     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3479 root 1.60 .Ve
3480     .PP
3481     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3482     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3483     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3484     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3485     .PP
3486     .Vb 3
3487 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3488     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3489 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3490 root 1.102 \&
3491 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3492     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3493     \& {
3494     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3495     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3496     \& }
3497 root 1.60 \&
3498 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3499     \& loop_socket = loop;
3500 root 1.60 \&
3501 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3502 root 1.60 .Ve
3503 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3504     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3505 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3506     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3507     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3508 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3509     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3510     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3511     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3512     of course.
3513 root 1.51 .PP
3514 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3515     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3516     .PP
3517 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3518 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3519     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3520     .PP
3521     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3522     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3523     fork.
3524     .PP
3525     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3526     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3527     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3528     .PP
3529     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3530     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3531     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3532     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3533     .PP
3534     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3535     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3536     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3537     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3538     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3539     signal watchers).
3540     .PP
3541     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3542     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3543 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3544     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3545     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3546     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3547     signal watchers.
3548 root 1.78 .PP
3549 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3550     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3551 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3552     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3553 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3554     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3555 root 1.82 really.
3556     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3557     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3558     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3559     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3560     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3561     .PP
3562     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3563     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3564     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3565     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3566     .PP
3567     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3568     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3569     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3570     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3571     .PP
3572     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3573     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3574     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3575     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3576     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3577     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3578     pointless, I assure you.
3579     .PP
3580     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3581     cleanup functions are called.
3582     .PP
3583     .Vb 5
3584     \& static void
3585     \& program_exits (void)
3586     \& {
3587     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3588     \& }
3589     \&
3590     \& ...
3591     \& atexit (program_exits);
3592     .Ve
3593     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3594     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3595     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3596 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3597 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3598     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3599     .PP
3600 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3601     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3602     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3603     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3604 root 1.61 .PP
3605     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3606     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3607     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3608 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3609 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3610     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3611     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3612 root 1.61 .PP
3613     \fIQueueing\fR
3614     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3615     .PP
3616     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3617     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3618     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3619 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3620     semantics.
3621 root 1.61 .PP
3622     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3623 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3624 root 1.61 queue:
3625     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3626     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3627     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3628 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3629     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3630 root 1.61 .Sp
3631     .Vb 1
3632     \& static ev_async mysig;
3633     \&
3634     \& static void
3635     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3636     \& {
3637     \& sometype data;
3638     \&
3639     \& // no locking etc.
3640     \& queue_put (data);
3641     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3642     \& }
3643     \&
3644     \& static void
3645     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3646     \& {
3647     \& sometype data;
3648     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3649     \&
3650     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3651     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3652     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3653     \&
3654     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3655     \& process (data);
3656     \&
3657     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3658     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3659     \& }
3660     .Ve
3661     .Sp
3662     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3663     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3664     either...).
3665     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3666     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3667     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3668     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3669     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3670     .Sp
3671     .Vb 2
3672     \& static ev_async mysig;
3673     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3674     \&
3675     \& static void
3676     \& otherthread (void)
3677     \& {
3678     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3679     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3680     \& queue_put (data);
3681     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3682     \&
3683     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3684     \& }
3685     \&
3686     \& static void
3687     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3688     \& {
3689     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3690     \&
3691     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3692     \& process (data);
3693     \&
3694     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3695     \& }
3696     .Ve
3697     .PP
3698     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3699     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3700     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3701     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3702     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3703 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3704 root 1.71 trust me.
3705 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3706     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3707     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3708 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3709     returns.
3710     .Sp
3711     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3712     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3713     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3714 root 1.61 .Sp
3715 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3716 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3717     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3718     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3719     .Sp
3720     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3721     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3722     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3723     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3724     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3725     zero) under load.
3726 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3727     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3728     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3729     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3730     event loop.
3731     .Sp
3732     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3733     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3734     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3735 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3736 root 1.63 .Sp
3737 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3738     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3739     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3740     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3741 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3742     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3743     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3744 root 1.109 .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)" 4
3745     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)"
3746 root 1.1 This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3747 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3748 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3749     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3750     more watchers yourself.
3751     .Sp
3752 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3753     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3754     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3755 root 1.1 .Sp
3756     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3757     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3758 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3759 root 1.1 .Sp
3760 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3761 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3762 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3763 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3764     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3765     events precedence.
3766     .Sp
3767 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3768 root 1.1 .Sp
3769     .Vb 7
3770 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3771     \& {
3772 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3773     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3774 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3775 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3776     \& }
3777 root 1.60 \&
3778 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3779 root 1.1 .Ve
3780 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3781     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3782 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3783 root 1.88 the given events.
3784 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3785     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3786 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3787     which is async-safe.
3788     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3789     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3790     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3791     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3792     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3793 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3794 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3795     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3796     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3797     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3798     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3799     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3800     data:
3801     .PP
3802     .Vb 7
3803     \& struct my_io
3804     \& {
3805     \& ev_io io;
3806     \& int otherfd;
3807     \& void *somedata;
3808     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3809     \& };
3810     \&
3811     \& ...
3812     \& struct my_io w;
3813     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3814     .Ve
3815     .PP
3816     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3817     can cast it back to your own type:
3818     .PP
3819     .Vb 5
3820     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3821     \& {
3822     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3823     \& ...
3824     \& }
3825     .Ve
3826     .PP
3827     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3828     function type instead have been omitted.
3829 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3830 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3831     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3832     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3833     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3834     .PP
3835     .Vb 6
3836     \& struct my_biggy
3837     \& {
3838     \& int some_data;
3839     \& ev_timer t1;
3840     \& ev_timer t2;
3841     \& }
3842     .Ve
3843     .PP
3844     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3845     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3846     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3847     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3848     real programmers):
3849     .PP
3850     .Vb 1
3851     \& #include <stddef.h>
3852     \&
3853     \& static void
3854     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3855     \& {
3856     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3857     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3858     \& }
3859     \&
3860     \& static void
3861     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3862     \& {
3863     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3864     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3865     \& }
3866     .Ve
3867 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3868 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3869     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3870     .PP
3871     .Vb 4
3872     \& callback ()
3873     \& {
3874     \& free (request);
3875     \& }
3876     \&
3877     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3878     .Ve
3879     .PP
3880     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3881     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3882     .PP
3883     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3884     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3885     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3886     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3887     .PP
3888     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3889     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3890     .PP
3891     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3892     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3893     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3894     already been invoked.
3895     .PP
3896     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3897     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3898     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3899 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3900     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3901     pushing it into the pending queue:
3902 root 1.88 .PP
3903     .Vb 2
3904     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3905     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3906     .Ve
3907     .PP
3908     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3909     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3910 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3911 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3912     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3913     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3914     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3915     .PP
3916     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3917     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3918     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3919     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3920 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3921 root 1.85 .PP
3922     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3923     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3924     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3925     .PP
3926     .Vb 2
3927     \& // main loop
3928     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3929     \&
3930     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3931     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3932     \&
3933 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3934 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3935     \&
3936     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3937     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3938     .Ve
3939     .PP
3940     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3941     .PP
3942     .Vb 2
3943     \& // exit modal loop
3944     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3945     \&
3946     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3947     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3948     \&
3949     \& // exit both
3950     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3951     .Ve
3952 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3953 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3954     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3955     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3956     created/added/removed.
3957     .PP
3958     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3959     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3960     languages).
3961     .PP
3962     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3963     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3964     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3965     .PP
3966     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3967     .PP
3968     .Vb 6
3969     \& typedef struct {
3970     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3971     \& ev_async async_w;
3972     \& thread_t tid;
3973     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3974     \& } userdata;
3975     \&
3976     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3977     \& {
3978     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3979     \& static userdata u;
3980     \&
3981     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3982     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3983     \&
3984     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3985     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3986     \&
3987     \& // now associate this with the loop
3988     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3989     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3990     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3991     \&
3992 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3993 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3994     \& }
3995     .Ve
3996     .PP
3997     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3998     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3999     that might have been added:
4000     .PP
4001     .Vb 5
4002     \& static void
4003     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
4004     \& {
4005     \& // just used for the side effects
4006     \& }
4007     .Ve
4008     .PP
4009     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
4010     protecting the loop data, respectively.
4011     .PP
4012     .Vb 6
4013     \& static void
4014     \& l_release (EV_P)
4015     \& {
4016     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4017     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4018     \& }
4019     \&
4020     \& static void
4021     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
4022     \& {
4023     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4024     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4025     \& }
4026     .Ve
4027     .PP
4028     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
4029     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
4030     .PP
4031     .Vb 4
4032     \& void *
4033     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
4034     \& {
4035     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
4036     \&
4037     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
4038     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
4039     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4040     \& l_release (EV_A);
4041     \&
4042     \& return 0;
4043     \& }
4044     .Ve
4045     .PP
4046     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
4047     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
4048     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
4049     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
4050     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
4051     watchers is very beneficial):
4052     .PP
4053     .Vb 4
4054     \& static void
4055     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4056     \& {
4057     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4058     \&
4059     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4060     \& {
4061     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4062     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4063     \& }
4064     \& }
4065     .Ve
4066     .PP
4067     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4068     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4069     thread to continue:
4070     .PP
4071     .Vb 4
4072     \& static void
4073     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4074     \& {
4075     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4076     \&
4077     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4078     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4079     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4080     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4081     \& }
4082     .Ve
4083     .PP
4084     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4085     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4086     .PP
4087     .Vb 2
4088     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4089     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4090     \&
4091     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4092     \&
4093     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4094     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4095     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4096     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4097     .Ve
4098     .PP
4099     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4100     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4101     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4102     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4103 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4104 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4105     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4106     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4107     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4108     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4109     .PP
4110     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4111     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4112     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4113     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4114     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4115     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4116     .PP
4117     .Vb 2
4118     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4119     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4120     .Ve
4121     .PP
4122     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4123     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4124     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4125     .PP
4126     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4127     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4128     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4129     called):
4130     .PP
4131     .Vb 6
4132     \& void
4133     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4134     \& {
4135 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4136 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4137     \& }
4138     .Ve
4139     .PP
4140     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4141     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4142 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4143 root 1.85 .PP
4144     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4145     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4146     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4147     any waiters.
4148     .PP
4149 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4150 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4151     .PP
4152     .Vb 4
4153     \& // my_ev.h
4154     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4155 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4156 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4157     \&
4158     \& // my_ev.c
4159     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4160     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4161     .Ve
4162     .PP
4163     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4164     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4165     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4166 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4167     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4168     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4169     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4170 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4171 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4172     .Sp
4173     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4174     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4175     .IP "\(bu" 4
4176 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4177     .IP "\(bu" 4
4178     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4179     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4180     .IP "\(bu" 4
4181     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4182     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4183     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4184     .IP "\(bu" 4
4185     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4186     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4187     is an ev_pri field.
4188     .IP "\(bu" 4
4189 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4190 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4191 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4192 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4193     .IP "\(bu" 4
4194     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4195     to use the libev header file and library.
4196 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4197     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4198 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4199     .IX Subsection "C API"
4200     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4201     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4202     will work fine.
4203     .PP
4204     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4205 root 1.109 to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all other
4206     callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic reschedule
4207     callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR
4208     specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C and
4209     \&\*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_NOEXCEPT\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4210 root 1.92 .PP
4211     .Vb 6
4212     \& static void
4213 root 1.109 \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_NOEXCEPT
4214 root 1.92 \& {
4215     \& perror (msg);
4216     \& abort ();
4217     \& }
4218     \&
4219     \& ...
4220     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4221     .Ve
4222     .PP
4223     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4224 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4225 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4226     .PP
4227     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4228     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4229     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4230     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4231     .IX Subsection " API"
4232 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4233 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4234 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4235     .PP
4236     To use it,
4237     .PP
4238     .Vb 1
4239 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4240 root 1.13 .Ve
4241     .PP
4242 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4243     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4244     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4245     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4246     .PP
4247 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4248     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4249     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4250     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4251 root 1.41 .PP
4252 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4253     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4254     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4255     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4256     (preferably after implementing it).
4257 root 1.13 .PP
4258 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4259     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4260     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4261     .PP
4262 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4263 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4264 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4265     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4266     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4267     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4268 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4269 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4270     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4271     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4272 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4273 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4274     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4275     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4276     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4277     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4278 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4279 root 1.13 .Sp
4280     All of those classes have these methods:
4281     .RS 4
4282 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4283     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4284 root 1.13 .PD 0
4285 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4286     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4287 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4288     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4289     .PD
4290 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4291     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4292     .Sp
4293     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4294     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4295     .Sp
4296     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4297     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4298     .Sp
4299     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4300     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4301 root 1.13 .Sp
4302     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4303 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4304     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4305     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4306     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4307     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4308     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4309     .Sp
4310     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4311     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4312     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4313     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4314     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4315     .Sp
4316     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4317     .Sp
4318     .Vb 4
4319 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4320     \& {
4321     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4322     \& }
4323     \&
4324     \& myclass obj;
4325     \& ev::io iow;
4326     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4327 root 1.41 .Ve
4328 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4329     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4330     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4331     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4332     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4333     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4334     list.
4335     .Sp
4336     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4337     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4338     .Sp
4339     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4340     .Sp
4341     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4342     .Sp
4343     .Vb 7
4344     \& struct myfunctor
4345     \& {
4346     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4347     \& {
4348     \& ...
4349     \& }
4350     \& }
4351 root 1.102 \&
4352 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4353     \&
4354     \& ev::io w;
4355     \& w.set (&f);
4356     .Ve
4357 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4358     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4359 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4360     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4361     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4362     .Sp
4363 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4364     .Sp
4365 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4366 root 1.43 .Sp
4367 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4368 root 1.43 .Sp
4369     .Vb 2
4370 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4371     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4372 root 1.43 .Ve
4373 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4374     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4375 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4376     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4377 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4378     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4379 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4380     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4381     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4382     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4383     method.
4384     .Sp
4385     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4386     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4387 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4388     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4389 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4390     constructor already stores the event loop.
4391 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4392     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4393     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4394     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4395     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4396 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4397     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4398     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4399 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4400 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4401     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4402 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4403     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4404 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4405     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4406     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4407 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4408 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4409     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4410     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4411 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4412 root 1.13 .RE
4413     .RS 4
4414     .RE
4415     .PP
4416 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4417     watchers in the constructor.
4418 root 1.13 .PP
4419 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4420 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4421     \& {
4422 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4423 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4424 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4425 root 1.68 \&
4426     \& myclass (int fd)
4427     \& {
4428     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4429 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4430 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4431     \&
4432 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4433     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4434     \&
4435     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4436 root 1.68 \& }
4437     \& };
4438 root 1.13 .Ve
4439 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4440     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4441     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4442 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4443 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4444     me a note.
4445     .IP "Perl" 4
4446     .IX Item "Perl"
4447     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4448     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4449     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4450 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4451     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4452     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4453 root 1.62 .Sp
4454 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4455 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4456 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4457     .IX Item "Python"
4458     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4459 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4460 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4461     .IX Item "Ruby"
4462     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4463 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4464 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4465     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4466 root 1.75 .Sp
4467     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4468     makes rev work even on mingw.
4469 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4470     .IX Item "Haskell"
4471     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4472 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4473 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4474     .IX Item "D"
4475     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4476 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4477 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4478     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4479     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4480 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4481 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4482     .IX Item "Lua"
4483 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4484     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4485 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4486 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4487     .IX Item "Javascript"
4488     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4489     .IP "Others" 4
4490     .IX Item "Others"
4491     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4492 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4493     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4494 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4495 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4496     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4497 root 1.24 .PP
4498     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4499     following macros are defined:
4500 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4501 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4502     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4503     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4504     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4505     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4506     .Sp
4507     .Vb 3
4508 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4509     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4510 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4511 root 1.24 .Ve
4512     .Sp
4513     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4514     which is often provided by the following macro.
4515 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4516 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4517     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4518     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4519     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4520     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4521     .Sp
4522     .Vb 2
4523 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4524     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4525 root 1.60 \&
4526 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4527     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4528 root 1.24 .Ve
4529     .Sp
4530     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4531     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4532 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4533 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4534     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4535     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4536 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4537     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4538     .Sp
4539     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4540     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4541 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4542 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4543     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4544     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4545     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4546     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4547     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4548     .Sp
4549     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4550     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4551 root 1.24 .PP
4552 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4553 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4554 root 1.36 or not.
4555 root 1.24 .PP
4556     .Vb 5
4557 root 1.68 \& static void
4558     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4559     \& {
4560     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4561     \& }
4562     \&
4563     \& ev_check check;
4564     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4565     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4566 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4567 root 1.24 .Ve
4568 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4569     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4570     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4571     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4572     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4573 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4574 root 1.14 .PP
4575 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4576 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4577     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4578     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4579 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4580 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4581     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4582 root 1.68 in your application.
4583 root 1.14 .PP
4584 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4585 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4586     .PP
4587     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4588     configuration (no autoconf):
4589     .PP
4590     .Vb 2
4591 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4592     \& #include "ev.c"
4593 root 1.14 .Ve
4594     .PP
4595     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4596     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4597 root 1.110 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4598 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4599     where you can put other configuration options):
4600     .PP
4601     .Vb 2
4602 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4603     \& #include "ev.h"
4604 root 1.14 .Ve
4605     .PP
4606     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4607 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4608 root 1.14 as a bug).
4609     .PP
4610     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4611     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4612     .PP
4613     .Vb 4
4614 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4615     \& ev.c
4616     \& ev_vars.h
4617     \& ev_wrap.h
4618     \&
4619     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4620     \&
4621 root 1.107 \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled
4622     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled
4623     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled
4624 root 1.111 \& ev_linuxaio.c only when the linux aio backend is enabled
4625 root 1.107 \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled
4626     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled
4627 root 1.14 .Ve
4628     .PP
4629     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4630 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4631 root 1.14 .PP
4632 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4633 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4634     .PP
4635 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4636 root 1.14 .PP
4637     .Vb 1
4638 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4639 root 1.14 .Ve
4640     .PP
4641     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4642     .PP
4643     .Vb 1
4644 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4645 root 1.14 .Ve
4646     .PP
4647 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4648 root 1.14 .PP
4649     You need the following additional files for this:
4650     .PP
4651     .Vb 2
4652 root 1.68 \& event.h
4653     \& event.c
4654 root 1.14 .Ve
4655     .PP
4656 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4657 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4658     .PP
4659 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4660 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4661 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4662     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4663 root 1.14 .PP
4664     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4665     .PP
4666     .Vb 1
4667 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4668 root 1.14 .Ve
4669 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4670 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4671 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4672 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4673     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4674     .PP
4675 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4676 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4677     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4678 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4679 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4680     settings.
4681 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4682 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4683     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4684     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4685     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4686     .Sp
4687     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4688     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4689     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4690     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4691     typedef in that case.
4692     .Sp
4693     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4694     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4695     removed completely.
4696 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4697 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4698 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4699     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4700     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4701     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4702     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4703 root 1.75 .Sp
4704 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4705 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4706 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4707     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4708     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4709     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4710     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4711     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4712     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4713     this.
4714 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4715     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4716     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4717 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4718     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4719     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4720     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4721 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4722 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4723 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4724     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4725     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4726 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4727     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4728     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4729     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4730     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4731     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4732     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4733 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4734     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4735     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4736     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4737     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4738     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4739     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4740     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4741     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4742     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4743 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4744     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4745     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4746     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4747 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4748     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4749     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4750     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4751     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4752     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4753     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4754 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4755     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4756     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4757 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4758 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4759     will not be compiled in.
4760     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4761     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4762     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4763     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4764 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4765     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4766     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4767     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4768     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4769 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4770     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4771     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4772     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4773     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4774     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4775     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4776     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4777     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4778 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4779     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4780 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4781     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4782     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4783     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4784     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4785 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4786     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4787     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4788     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4789     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4790     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4791     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4792     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4793     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4794     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4795     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4796     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4797 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4798     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4799     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4800     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4801     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4802 root 1.95 environments.
4803 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4804     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4805     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4806     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4807     takes precedence over select.
4808     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4809     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4810     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4811     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4812 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4813     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4814     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4815 root 1.111 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_LINUXAIO\s0" 4
4816     .IX Item "EV_USE_LINUXAIO"
4817     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4818     aio backend. Due to it's currenbt limitations it has to be requested
4819     explicitly. If undefined, it will be enabled on linux, otherwise
4820     disabled.
4821 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4822     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4823     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4824     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4825     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4826     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4827     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4828     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4829     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4830 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4831 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4832     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4833     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4834     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4835     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4836     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4837     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4838     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4839     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4840 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4841 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4842     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4843     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4844     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4845 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4846     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4847 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4848     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4849     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4850     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4851     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4852     and makes libev faster.
4853     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4854     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4855 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4856     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4857     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4858     libev faster.
4859 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4860     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4861     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4862 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4863     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4864     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4865     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4866     watchers.
4867 root 1.61 .Sp
4868 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4869 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4870 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4871 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4872 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4873 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4874     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4875 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4876 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4877 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4878     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4879     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4880 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4881 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4882 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4883 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4884 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4885 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4886 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4887     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4888     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4889     around libev functions.
4890     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4891     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4892     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4893     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4894     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4895     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4896     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4897 root 1.88 .Sp
4898     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4899     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4900     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4901 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4902     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4903     .PD 0
4904     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4905     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4906     .PD
4907     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4908     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4909     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4910     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4911     .Sp
4912     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4913     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4914     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4915     fine.
4916     .Sp
4917 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4918 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4919     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4920 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4921     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4922     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4923     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4924     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4925     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4926 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4927 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4928     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4929     that can be enabled on the platform.
4930     .Sp
4931     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4932     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4933     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4934     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4935     backend, use this:
4936     .Sp
4937     .Vb 5
4938     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4939     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4940     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4941     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4942     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4943     .Ve
4944     .Sp
4945     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4946 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4947 root 1.82 .RS 4
4948     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4949     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4950     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4951     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4952     .Sp
4953     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4954     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4955     .Sp
4956     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4957     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4958     assertions.
4959 root 1.91 .Sp
4960     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4961     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4962 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4963     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4964     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4965     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4966     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4967     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4968     runtime.
4969 root 1.91 .Sp
4970     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4971     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4972 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4973     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4974     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4975     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4976     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4977     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4978     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4979     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4980     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4981     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4982     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4983     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4984     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4985     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4986     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4987     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4988     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4989     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4990     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4991     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4992     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4993     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4994     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4995     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4996     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4997     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4998     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4999     default.
5000     .RE
5001     .RS 4
5002     .Sp
5003     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
5004     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
5005     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
5006     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
5007     .Sp
5008     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
5009     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
5010     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
5011     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
5012     .RE
5013 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
5014     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
5015     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
5016     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
5017     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
5018     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
5019     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
5020     .Sp
5021     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
5022     wants to use libev.
5023     .Sp
5024     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
5025     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
5026 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
5027     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
5028     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
5029     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
5030     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
5031     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
5032     big.
5033     .Sp
5034     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
5035     enabled.
5036 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
5037     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
5038     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
5039     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
5040     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
5041     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
5042 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
5043 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
5044 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5045     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
5046     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5047 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
5048     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
5049     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
5050 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5051     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
5052 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5053 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
5054     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
5055     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
5056     power of two).
5057 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
5058     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
5059     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5060 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
5061     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
5062     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
5063 root 1.65 .Sp
5064 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5065     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5066 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
5067     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
5068     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5069 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
5070 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
5071     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
5072 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
5073 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
5074 root 1.65 .Sp
5075 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5076     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5077 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
5078     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
5079 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
5080 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
5081     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
5082     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
5083     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
5084     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
5085     libev considerably.
5086     .Sp
5087 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5088     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5089 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
5090     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
5091     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
5092 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
5093 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
5094     though, and it must be identical each time.
5095     .Sp
5096     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
5097     .Sp
5098     .Vb 3
5099 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
5100     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
5101     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5102 root 1.14 .Ve
5103 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
5104 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5105 root 1.14 .PD 0
5106 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
5107 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5108     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5109     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5110 root 1.14 .PD
5111     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5112     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5113 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5114 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5115 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5116     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5117 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5118 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5119 root 1.110 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5120 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5121     all public symbols, one per line:
5122 root 1.60 .PP
5123 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5124 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5125     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5126 root 1.53 .Ve
5127 root 1.60 .PP
5128 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5129     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5130 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5131 root 1.60 .PP
5132 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5133 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5134 root 1.60 .PP
5135 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5136 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5137 root 1.53 .Ve
5138 root 1.60 .PP
5139 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5140 root 1.60 .PP
5141 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5142     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5143     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5144     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5145     \& ...
5146     .Ve
5147 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5148 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5149     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5150     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5151     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5152     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5153     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5154     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5155     file.
5156 root 1.60 .PP
5157 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5158 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5159 root 1.60 .PP
5160 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5161     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5162     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5163     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5164     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5165     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5166     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5167     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5168 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5169 root 1.60 \&
5170 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5171 root 1.14 .Ve
5172 root 1.60 .PP
5173 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5174 root 1.60 .PP
5175 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5176 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5177     \& #include "ev.c"
5178 root 1.14 .Ve
5179 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5180     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5181 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5182 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5183     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5184 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5185 root 1.72 .PP
5186 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5187 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5188     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5189     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5190     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5191     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5192 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5193     .PP
5194     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5195     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5196     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5197     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5198     a mutex per loop).
5199     .PP
5200     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5201     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5202     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5203     outside\*(R".
5204 root 1.64 .PP
5205 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5206     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5207 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5208 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5209     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5210 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5211 root 1.64 .Sp
5212     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5213     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5214     .IP "\(bu" 4
5215     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5216     .Sp
5217     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5218     exists, but it is always a good start.
5219     .IP "\(bu" 4
5220     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5221 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5222 root 1.64 .Sp
5223 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5224 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5225     .IP "\(bu" 4
5226     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5227 root 1.71 event loop.
5228     .Sp
5229     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5230     (or from signal contexts...).
5231     .Sp
5232     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5233     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5234     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5235     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5236 root 1.72 .PP
5237 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5238 root 1.79 .PP
5239 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5240 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5241 root 1.72 .PP
5242     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5243     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5244 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5245 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5246     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5247     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5248 root 1.64 .PP
5249 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5250 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5251 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5252 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5253 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5254     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5255     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5256     scared by this.
5257     .PP
5258     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5259     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5260     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5261     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5262     .PP
5263     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5264     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5265     maintainable.
5266     .PP
5267     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5268     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5269     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5270 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5271 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5272     such buggy versions.
5273     .PP
5274     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5275     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5276     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5277     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5278     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5279 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5280 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5281     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5282     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5283     .PP
5284     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5285     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5286     .PP
5287     .Vb 3
5288     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5289     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5290     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5291     .Ve
5292     .PP
5293     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5294 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5295 root 1.72 .PP
5296     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5297     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5298     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5299     confused.
5300     .PP
5301     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5302     make it into some kind of religion.
5303     .PP
5304     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5305     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5306     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5307     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5308     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5309 root 1.60 .PP
5310 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5311     I suggest using suppression lists.
5312     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5313     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5314 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5315 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5316     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5317     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5318     .PP
5319     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5320     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5321     .PP
5322     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5323 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5324 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5325     .PP
5326     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5327     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5328     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5329 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5330 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5331     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5332     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5333     OpenGL drivers.
5334     .PP
5335     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5336     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5337     .PP
5338     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5339     only sockets, many support pipes.
5340     .PP
5341     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5342     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5343     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5344     probably going to work well.
5345     .PP
5346     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5347     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5348     .PP
5349     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5350     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5351     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5352     .PP
5353     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5354     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5355     a loop.
5356     .PP
5357     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5358     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5359     .PP
5360     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5361 root 1.110 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X,\s0 \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5362 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5363     you use more.
5364     .PP
5365     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5366     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5367 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5368     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5369 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5370     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5371     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5372     .PP
5373     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5374     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5375     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5376     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5377     .PP
5378     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5379     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5380     .PP
5381     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5382     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5383     .PP
5384     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5385     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5386     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5387     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5388     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5389     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5390     great.
5391     .PP
5392     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5393     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5394     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5395 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5396 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5397     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5398     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5399     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5400 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5401     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5402 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5403 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5404     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5405     .PP
5406 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5407     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5408     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5409     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5410     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5411 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5412 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5413 root 1.82 environment.
5414 root 1.60 .PP
5415 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5416 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5417     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5418     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5419 root 1.65 .PP
5420 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5421     embedding it into other applications.
5422     .PP
5423 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5424     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5425     .PP
5426 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5427     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5428     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5429     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5430 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5431 root 1.68 available).
5432     .PP
5433 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5434     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5435     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5436     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5437 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5438 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5439 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5440 root 1.68 .PP
5441     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5442     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5443     of \fIev.h\fR:
5444     .PP
5445     .Vb 2
5446     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5447     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5448     \&
5449     \& #include "ev.h"
5450     .Ve
5451     .PP
5452     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5453 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5454 root 1.68 .PP
5455     .Vb 2
5456     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5457     \& #include "ev.c"
5458     .Ve
5459 root 1.82 .PP
5460     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5461     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5462     .PP
5463 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5464     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5465     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5466 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5467     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5468 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5469     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5470 root 1.82 .PP
5471 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5472 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5473 root 1.82 .PP
5474 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5475 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5476     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5477 root 1.60 .Ve
5478 root 1.82 .PP
5479 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5480 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5481 root 1.82 .PP
5482     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5483     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5484     .PP
5485 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5486 root 1.82 .PP
5487 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5488     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5489 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5490 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5491 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5492 root 1.82 .PP
5493 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5494     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5495 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5496     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5497 root 1.82 .PP
5498 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5499 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5500     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5501     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5502     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5503     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5504     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5505     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5506 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5507     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5508 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5509     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5510     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5511 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5512 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5513     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5514     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5515 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5516 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5517     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5518     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5519 root 1.106 .IP "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes" 4
5520     .IX Item "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes"
5521     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR to initialise structs and arrays to \f(CW0\fR bytes, and
5522     relies on this setting pointers and integers to null.
5523 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5524     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5525     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5526     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5527 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5528     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5529     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5530     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5531 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5532 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5533     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5534     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5535     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5536     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5537     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5538     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5539     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5540     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5541     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5542     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5543     .Sp
5544     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5545 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5546     thread as well.
5547 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5548     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5549     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5550 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5551 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5552     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5553     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5554     watchers.
5555 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5556     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5557     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5558     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5559 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5560     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5561     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5562 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5563 root 1.88 .Sp
5564 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5565 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5566     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5567     something like that, just kidding).
5568 root 1.65 .PP
5569     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5570 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5571     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5572     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5573     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5574     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5575 root 1.67 .PP
5576 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5577     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5578     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5579     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5580     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5581     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5582     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5583     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5584     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5585     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5586     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5587     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5588     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5589     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5590     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5591     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5592     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5593     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5594     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5595     .PD 0
5596     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5597     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5598     .PD
5599     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5600     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5601     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5602     is rare).
5603     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5604     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5605     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5606     fixed position in the storage array.
5607     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5608     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5609     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5610     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5611     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5612     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5613     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5614     .PD 0
5615     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5616     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5617     .PD
5618     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5619     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5620     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5621     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5622     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5623     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5624     .PD 0
5625     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5626     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5627     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5628     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5629     .PD
5630     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5631 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5632     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5633     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5634 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5635     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5636 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5637 root 1.82 .PP
5638     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5639     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5640     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5641     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5642     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5643     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5644     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5645     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5646 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5647 root 1.82 section.
5648     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5649     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5650     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5651     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5652     .Sp
5653     .Vb 2
5654     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5655     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5656     .Ve
5657     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5658     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5659     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5660     .Sp
5661     .Vb 3
5662     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5663     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5664     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5665     \&
5666     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5667     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5668     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5669     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5670     \&
5671     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5672     \&
5673     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5674     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5675     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5676     .Ve
5677     .Sp
5678     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5679     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5680     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5681     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5682     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5683     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5684     typedef.
5685     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5686     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5687     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5688     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5689     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5690     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5691 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5692     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5693     .IP "active" 4
5694     .IX Item "active"
5695 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5696 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5697 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5698     .IX Item "application"
5699     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5700 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5701     .IX Item "backend"
5702     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5703 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5704     .IX Item "callback"
5705     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5706     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5707     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5708 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5709     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5710 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5711     .IP "event" 4
5712     .IX Item "event"
5713     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5714     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5715     any other events happening anymore.
5716     .Sp
5717     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5718 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5719 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5720     .IX Item "event library"
5721     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5722     .IP "event loop" 4
5723     .IX Item "event loop"
5724     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5725     into callback invocations.
5726     .IP "event model" 4
5727     .IX Item "event model"
5728     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5729     watchers and events.
5730     .IP "pending" 4
5731     .IX Item "pending"
5732 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5733 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5734 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5735     .IX Item "real time"
5736     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5737     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5738     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5739     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5740 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5741 root 1.78 clock.
5742     .IP "watcher" 4
5743     .IX Item "watcher"
5744     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5745     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5746 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5747     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5748 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5749 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.